Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science...

85
Plymouth University Academic Partnerships FALMOUTH MARINE SCHOOL Programme Quality Handbook FdSc Marine Science Academic Year 2017 - 18 1 | Page FdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Transcript of Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science...

Page 1: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Plymouth University

Academic Partnerships

FALMOUTH MARINE SCHOOL

Programme Quality HandbookFdSc Marine Science

Academic Year 2017 - 18

1 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact

HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)

E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)

Please note

All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing

The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to

2 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor6

31 Plymouth Portal7

4 Programme Details8

41 Enhancement Activities8

42 Progression through the programme9

43 Plymouth University Student Union11

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12

5 Employment Opportunities12

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13

61 Referencing Guides14

62 Exam Procedures15

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15

71 External Examiner Arrangements15

8 Student Feedback18

81 Student Representation and Enhancement18

82 Student Perception Surveys18

83 Closing the Feedback Loop19

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19

85 Complaints20

86 Extenuating Circumstances20

9 Appendix21

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21

Appendix36

4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science

May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme

This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about

a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for

Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes

This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development

You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader

Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Craig Baldwin

Programme Manager Marine Science

01326 310310

01326 310300

craigbaldwincornwallacuk

5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 2: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact

HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)

E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)

Please note

All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing

The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to

2 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor6

31 Plymouth Portal7

4 Programme Details8

41 Enhancement Activities8

42 Progression through the programme9

43 Plymouth University Student Union11

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12

5 Employment Opportunities12

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13

61 Referencing Guides14

62 Exam Procedures15

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15

71 External Examiner Arrangements15

8 Student Feedback18

81 Student Representation and Enhancement18

82 Student Perception Surveys18

83 Closing the Feedback Loop19

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19

85 Complaints20

86 Extenuating Circumstances20

9 Appendix21

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21

Appendix36

4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science

May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme

This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about

a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for

Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes

This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development

You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader

Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Craig Baldwin

Programme Manager Marine Science

01326 310310

01326 310300

craigbaldwincornwallacuk

5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 3: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor6

31 Plymouth Portal7

4 Programme Details8

41 Enhancement Activities8

42 Progression through the programme9

43 Plymouth University Student Union11

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12

5 Employment Opportunities12

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13

61 Referencing Guides14

62 Exam Procedures15

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15

71 External Examiner Arrangements15

8 Student Feedback18

81 Student Representation and Enhancement18

82 Student Perception Surveys18

83 Closing the Feedback Loop19

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19

85 Complaints20

86 Extenuating Circumstances20

9 Appendix21

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21

Appendix36

4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science

May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme

This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about

a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for

Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes

This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development

You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader

Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Craig Baldwin

Programme Manager Marine Science

01326 310310

01326 310300

craigbaldwincornwallacuk

5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 4: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor6

31 Plymouth Portal7

4 Programme Details8

41 Enhancement Activities8

42 Progression through the programme9

43 Plymouth University Student Union11

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12

5 Employment Opportunities12

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13

61 Referencing Guides14

62 Exam Procedures15

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15

71 External Examiner Arrangements15

8 Student Feedback18

81 Student Representation and Enhancement18

82 Student Perception Surveys18

83 Closing the Feedback Loop19

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19

85 Complaints20

86 Extenuating Circumstances20

9 Appendix21

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21

Appendix36

4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science

May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme

This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about

a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for

Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes

This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development

You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader

Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Craig Baldwin

Programme Manager Marine Science

01326 310310

01326 310300

craigbaldwincornwallacuk

5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 5: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science

May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme

This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about

a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for

Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes

This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development

You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader

Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Craig Baldwin

Programme Manager Marine Science

01326 310310

01326 310300

craigbaldwincornwallacuk

5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 6: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)

Name Role Tel Fax Email

Luke Marsh Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Duncan Jones Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Angela Webster Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Rachel Green Module Leader

01326 310310

01326 310300

rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

Liam Marsh Laboratory

Technician

01326 310310

01326 310300

liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk

You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759

Email mitchingliscornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish

6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 7: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 8: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 9: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes

General College Information and Guidance

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 10: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 11: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

43 Plymouth University Student Union

All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper

The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more

44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union

Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved

Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg

45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments

The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project

11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 12: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers

HE Careers and Employability

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study

The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course

12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 13: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors

Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6

HE Level 4

Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility

You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied

HE Level 5

Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field

You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility

13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 14: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

61 Referencing Guides

Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom

httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism

Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will

14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 15: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism

62 Exam Procedures

For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered

Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)

On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format

Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills

71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September

You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo

15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 16: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 4

CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development

Essay 50 Report 50

CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

Examination 50 Report 50

CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes

Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50

CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science

Topical Report 40 Coursework 60

CORF113 Marine Resource Management

Article coursework 50 Presentation 50

CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60

CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50

Level 5

CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50

CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species

Examination 40 Coursework 60

CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology

Examination 50 Coursework 50

CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40

CORF256 Marine Science in Practice

Coursework 100

CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60

16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 17: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 18: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 19: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement

Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher

19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 20: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 21: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 22: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version

associated with the programme

22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 23: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title FdSc Marine Science

Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017- 2018

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details21

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22

PS5 Programme Aims22

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22

PS7 Distinctive Features22

PS8 Student Numbers23

PS9 Progression Route(s)23

PS10 Admissions Criteria25

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26

PS12 Programme Structure27

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29

PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 24: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Appendix33

24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 25: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth University

Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School

Accrediting Body NA

Language of Study English

Mode of Study Full time (2 years)

Final Award FdSc

Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)

Programme Title Marine Science

UCAS Code F710

JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and

Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark

Date of Programme Approval 2004

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population

Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation

25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 26: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

NA

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects

of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level

that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and

practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences

Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field

Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development

Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that

26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 27: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus

Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling

PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance

Minimum student numbers per stage = 6

Target student numbers per stage = 25

Maximum student numbers per stage =34

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively

27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 28: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year

Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College

Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor

28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 29: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme

Details

Level 2- Key Skills requirement

Higher Level Diploma

Max 40 points

andor- GCSEs required at

Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English

Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level

DiplomaAs above

- BTEC National CertificateDiploma

As above

- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS

As above

- Access to HE or Year 0 provision

As above

- International Baccalaureate

As above

- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher

Work Experience Normally assessed on interview

Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences

As above

APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp

Interview Portfolio requirements

Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

No

4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 30: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 31: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS12 Programme Structure5

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project

5

31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 32: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time

32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 33: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management

YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A

YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology

YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project

33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 34: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

FHEQ level 4 amp 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

Knowledge Understanding

ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions

2 Understand the international dimension in marine science

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123

34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 35: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones

4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research

SecondarySupplementaryNone

CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety

of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to

solve problems

Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework

assessment process (essays etc)

SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in

surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos

on data and measurement problems

34 (covering all outcomes)

Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass

1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection

Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary

1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)

Coursework of all types

Examination preparation and completion

Assessed discussions Group work

assessments

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 36: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills

Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment

Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility

Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on

practical application questions

SecondarySupplementaryNone

34 (covering all)

Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects

dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup

work on practical application questions

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics

Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work

SecondarySupplementaryNone

1234 (covering all)

ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)

Project work

Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques

CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 37: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 38: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

PS14 Work Based Related Learning

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Work experience period and reflection log book

Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills

12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience

Work experience log book and associated reflection journal

CORF 218

An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields

38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 39: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Appendix

Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree

level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity

personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and

communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks

and activity

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work

related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development

39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 40: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills

bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise

bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information

bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy

bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material

Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry

Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise

Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Coursework C1Written EssayReport

5050

Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott

Date210515

Approved byHE Operations

Date130716

Recommended Texts and Sources

40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 41: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 42: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

covering LO3

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Written report 100

Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk

42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 43: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys

43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 44: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Practical ReportPractical Report

5050

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 45: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment

45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 46: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

Topical ReportCoursework

4060

Total = 100

LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 47: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management

CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources

47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 48: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen

DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59

Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

ArticlePresentation

5050

Total = 100

National Geographic style article

48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 49: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 50: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 51: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1C2

2575

Total = 100

Interpretation VideoGuidebook

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 52: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 53: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford

53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 54: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP

54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 55: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 56: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Examination 100Total = 100

To cover LO1

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report

Total = 100LO2 and LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann

56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 57: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

New ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector

DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 58: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E_ Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

Coursework C1EssayReflection

6040

Total = 100

LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated byCraig Baldwin

Date111215

Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science

58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 59: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement

MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 60: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30

Guided Independent study 125

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T1 100Total = 100

CourseworkC1 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence

60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 61: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems

61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 62: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

Recommended Texts and Sources

62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 63: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year

63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 64: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

CHANGE

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5

Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 100Total = 100

Meteorological driving forces and weather systems

T_ Total = 100

CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100

Total = 100

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved by Date

64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 65: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format

65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 66: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Present the findings of the chosen research project

DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION

01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112

MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study

Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1 Total = 100

T_ Total = 100

66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix
Page 67: Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively. If you progress

Coursework

C1C2C3

2040

40Total = 100

Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article

Practical P_ Total = 100

Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations

Date230916

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower

67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
  • 2 Programme Team
  • Programme Leader
  • Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
          • General College Information and Guidance
            • 43 Plymouth University Student Union
            • 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
            • 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
            • httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
            • 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
              • 5 Employment Opportunities
              • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
                • 61 Referencing Guides
                • 62 Exam Procedures
                  • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                    • 71 External Examiner Arrangements
                      • 8 Student Feedback
                        • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                        • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                        • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                        • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                        • 85 Complaints
                        • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                          • 9 Appendix
                            • 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
                              • Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
                              • Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
                              • State Date 2016-17
                              • First Award Date 2017- 2018
                              • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                              • PS1 Programme Details
                              • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                              • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                              • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                              • PS5 Programme Aims
                              • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                              • PS7 Distinctive Features
                              • PS8 Student Numbers
                              • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                              • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                              • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                              • PS12 Programme Structure
                              • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                              • Appendix